blob: bdd1cfb66b89b48633d8e0f8c545e1ebdf2a8ddc [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Douglas Gregorc298ffc2010-04-22 16:44:27 +000083
84 // FIXME: In C++0x, if any of the arguments are parameter pack
85 // expansions, we can't check for the sentinel now.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
87 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000088
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000089 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
90 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000091 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000092 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
93 int isMethod = 0;
94 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
95 // skip over named parameters.
96 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
97 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
98 if (nullPos)
99 --nullPos;
100 else
101 ++i;
102 }
103 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
104 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000105 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 // skip over named parameters.
107 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
108 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
109 if (nullPos)
110 --nullPos;
111 else
112 ++i;
113 }
114 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000115 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000116 // block or function pointer call.
117 QualType Ty = V->getType();
118 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000119 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000120 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
121 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000122 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
123 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
124 unsigned k;
125 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
126 if (nullPos)
127 --nullPos;
128 else
129 ++i;
130 }
131 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
132 }
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
134 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000135 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000137 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 return;
139
140 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000142 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000143 return;
144 }
145 int sentinel = i;
146 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
147 --sentinelPos;
148 ++i;
149 }
150 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
151 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000153 return;
154 }
155 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
156 ++i;
157 ++sentinel;
158 }
159 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000160 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
Douglas Gregorc298ffc2010-04-22 16:44:27 +0000161 !sentinelExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
162 !sentinelExpr->isValueDependent() &&
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000163 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
164 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
165 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 }
169 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000170}
171
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000172SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
173 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
174 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
175}
176
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000177//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
178// Standard Promotions and Conversions
179//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
180
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
182void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
183 QualType Ty = E->getType();
184 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
185
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000186 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000187 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000188 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000189 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
190 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
191 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
192 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
193 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
194 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
195 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000196 //
197 // C++ 4.2p1:
198 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
199 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
200 //
201 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
202 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
204 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000205 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000208void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
209 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000210
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000211 QualType Ty = E->getType();
212 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
213 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
214 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
216 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
217 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
218 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
219 // rvalue is T
220 //
221 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000222 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
223 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000224 // type of the lvalue.
225 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
226 }
227}
228
229
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000232/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
233/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
234/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
235Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
236 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
237 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000239 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
240 //
241 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
242 // unsigned int may be used:
243 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
244 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
245 // and unsigned int.
246 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
247 //
248 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
249 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
250 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
251 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000252 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
253 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000255 return Expr;
256 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000257 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000258 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000259 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000260 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000261 }
262
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000263 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return Expr;
265}
266
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000267/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
270void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
271 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
272 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000274 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000275 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000276 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000277 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
278 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000279
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000280 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
281}
282
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000283/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
284/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
285/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
286/// completely illegal.
287bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000288 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000290 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
291 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
292 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
293 << Expr->getType() << CT))
294 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000295
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000296 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000297 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000298 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
299 << Expr->getType() << CT))
300 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000301
302 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000303}
304
305
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000306/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
307/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000309/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
310/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
311/// GCC.
312QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
313 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316
317 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000318
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000321 QualType lhs =
322 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000323 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000324 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000325
326 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
327 if (lhs == rhs)
328 return lhs;
329
330 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
331 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
332 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
333 return lhs;
334
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000336 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000337 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
338 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000339 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000340 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
341 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
342
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000343 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000344 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000345 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
346 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000347 return destType;
348}
349
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
351// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
352//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
353
354
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000355/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
357/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
358/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
359/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000360///
361Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000362Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
364
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000365 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000366 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000367 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000368
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000369 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000370 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
371 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000372
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000373 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000374 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000376
377 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCallc33dec32010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000378 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000379 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000380
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
382 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
383 // strings.
384 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000385 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000386 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000387
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000388 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000390 Literal.GetStringLength(),
391 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
392 &StringTokLocs[0],
393 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000394}
395
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000396/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
397/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
398/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
399/// for values inside the block or for globals).
400///
Douglas Gregor4f13beb2010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000401/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000402/// up-to-date.
403///
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000404static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000405 ValueDecl *VD) {
406 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
407 // we wanted to.
408 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
409 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
412 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
416 // snapshot it.
417 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
418 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000419 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
420 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000422 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
423 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
424
425 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
426 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
427 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
428 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000429 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
430 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000431
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000432 if (!NextBlock)
433 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000434
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000445 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000446}
447
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000448
449
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000450/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000453 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000454 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
455 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000457 << D->getDeclName();
458 return ExprError();
459 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor15243332010-04-27 21:10:04 +0000462 if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD)) {
463 // Non-type template parameters can be referenced anywhere they are
464 // visible.
465 } else if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000466 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
467 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000470 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000471 << D->getIdentifier();
472 return ExprError();
473 }
474 }
475 }
476 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000478 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000479
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000480 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
481 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
482 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000483 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000484}
485
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000486/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
487/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
488/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000489static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
490 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000494 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
495 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
496 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000497 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000498 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000499 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 D != DEnd; ++D) {
501 if (*D == Record) {
502 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
503 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
504 ++D;
505 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000506 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 return *D;
508 }
509 }
510
511 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
512 return 0;
513}
514
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000515/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
516/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
517/// actual member.
518///
519/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
520/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
521/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
522/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
523/// we found.
524///
525/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
526/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
527/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
528VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
529 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000530 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
531 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
532 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
533
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000534 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000535 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
536 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
537 do {
538 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000539 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 else {
543 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
544 break;
545 }
546 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000549
550 return BaseObject;
551}
552
553Sema::OwningExprResult
554Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
555 FieldDecl *Field,
556 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
557 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
558 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000560 AnonFields);
561
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
563 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
564 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
565 // found via name lookup.
566 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 if (BaseObject) {
569 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
570 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000571 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000572 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000573 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000574 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals
576 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000577 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
578 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
579 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
580 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
581 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000582 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000583 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
584 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
585 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 BaseQuals
587 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000588 } else {
589 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
590 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
591 // program our base object expression is "this".
592 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
593 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000594 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000595 = Context.getTagDeclType(
596 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
597 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000598 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000599 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
600 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
601 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000602 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000603 MD->getThisType(Context),
604 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000605 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
606 }
607 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
609 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000610 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000611 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
613
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000614 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
616 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000617 }
618
619 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
620 // anonymous struct/union.
621 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000622 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000623 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
624 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
625 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
626 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000627 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
628 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
629
630 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
631 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
632 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
633 ResultQuals.removeConst();
634
635 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
636 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
637
638 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
639 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
640
641 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
642 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
643 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
644
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000645 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000646 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000647 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000648 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
649 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000650 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000651 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 }
653
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000654 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000655}
656
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000657/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
658/// possibly a list of template arguments.
659///
660/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
661/// DecomposeTemplateName.
662///
663/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
664/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
665/// some way.
666static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
667 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
668 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
669 DeclarationName &Name,
670 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
671 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
672 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
673 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
674 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
675
676 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
677 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
678 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
679 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
680 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
681
682 TemplateName TName =
683 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
684
685 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
686 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
687 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
688 } else {
689 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
690 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
691 TemplateArgs = 0;
692 }
693}
694
695/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
696///
697/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
698/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
699/// found template arguments.
700static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
701 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
702 TemplateName TName =
703 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
704
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000705 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
706 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000707 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
708 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
709 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000710 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000711
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000712 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000713}
714
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000715/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
716/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
717/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000718static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000719 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
720 return false;
721
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
723 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
724 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
725 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
726 if (!BaseRT) return false;
727
728 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000729 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000730 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
731 return false;
732 }
733
734 return true;
735}
736
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000737/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
738/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
739static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000740 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000741
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000742 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
743 if (!DC) return true;
744
745 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
746 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
747
748 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
749 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
750
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000751 return false;
752}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000753
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000754/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
755/// the prospective base classes.
756static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
757 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
758 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000759 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000760 return false;
761
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000762 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000763 if (!RD) return false;
764 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
765
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000766 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
767 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
768 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
769 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
770 if (!BaseRT) return false;
771
772 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000773 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
774 return false;
775 }
776
777 return true;
778}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000779
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000780enum IMAKind {
781 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
782 IMA_Static,
783
784 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
785 IMA_Mixed,
786
787 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
788 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
789 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
790
791 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
792 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
793 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
794
795 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
796 IMA_Instance,
797
798 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
799 IMA_Unresolved,
800
801 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
802 /// context is not an instance method.
803 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
804
805 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
806 /// non-class context.
807 IMA_AnonymousMember,
808
809 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
810 /// context is not an instance method.
811 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
812
813 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
814 /// class.
815 IMA_Error_Unrelated
816};
817
818/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
819/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
820/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
821/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
822/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
823/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
824static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
825 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000826 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000827
828 bool isStaticContext =
829 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
830 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
831
832 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
833 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
834
835 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
836 bool hasNonInstance = false;
837 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
838 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000839 NamedDecl *D = *I;
840 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000841 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
842
843 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
844 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
845 // that's a special case.
846 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
847 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
848 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
849 }
850 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
851 }
852 else
853 hasNonInstance = true;
854 }
855
856 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
857 // member reference.
858 if (Classes.empty())
859 return IMA_Static;
860
861 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
862 // an implicit member reference.
863 if (isStaticContext)
864 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
865
866 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
867 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
868 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
869 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
870 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
871 Classes))
872 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
873
874 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
875}
876
877/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
878static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
879 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
880 const LookupResult &R) {
881 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
882 SourceRange Range(Loc);
883 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
884
885 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
886 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
887 if (MD->isStatic()) {
888 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
889 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
890 << Range << R.getLookupName();
891 return;
892 }
893 }
894
895 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
896 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
897 return;
898 }
899
900 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000901}
902
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000903/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
904///
905/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000906bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 LookupResult &R) {
908 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
909
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000910 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000912 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
913 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000914 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000915 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
917 }
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000918
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000919 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
920 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
921 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
922 // dependent name.
923 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
924 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000925 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
926 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
927
928 if (!R.empty()) {
929 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
930 R.suppressDiagnostics();
931
932 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
933 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
934 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
935 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
936
937 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
938 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
939 // Actually quite difficult!
940 if (isInstance)
941 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000942 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000943 else
944 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
945
946 // Do we really want to note all of these?
947 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
948 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
949
950 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
951 return false;
952 }
953 }
954 }
955
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000956 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000957 DeclarationName Corrected;
958 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS))) {
959 if (!R.empty()) {
960 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
961 if (SS.isEmpty())
962 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
963 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
964 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
965 else
966 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
967 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
968 << SS.getRange()
969 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
970 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
971 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
972 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
973 << ND->getDeclName();
974
975 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
976 return false;
977 }
978
979 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
980 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
981 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
982 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
983 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
984 // to recover well anyway.
985 if (SS.isEmpty())
986 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
987 else
988 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
989 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
990 << SS.getRange();
991
992 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
993 return true;
994 }
995 } else {
996 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
997 // because we aren't able to recover.
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000998 if (SS.isEmpty())
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000999 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << Corrected;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001000 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001001 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00001002 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected
1003 << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001004 return true;
1005 }
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001006 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001007 }
1008
1009 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1010 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1011 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1012 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1013 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1014 << SS.getRange();
1015 return true;
1016 }
1017
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001018 // Give up, we can't recover.
1019 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1020 return true;
1021}
1022
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001023Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001024 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001025 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1026 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1027 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1028 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1029 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1030
1031 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001032 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001033
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001034 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001035
1036 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1037 DeclarationName Name;
1038 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1039 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001040 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1041 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001042
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001043 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001044
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001045 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1046 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001047 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1048 // (note: handled after lookup)
1049 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1050 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1051 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001052 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1053 // names a dependent type.
1054 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1055 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001056 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1057 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1058 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001060 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001061 TemplateArgs);
1062 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001063
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001064 // Perform the required lookup.
1065 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1066 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001067 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001068 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
Douglas Gregor9262f472010-04-27 18:19:34 +00001069
1070 // Re-derive the naming class.
1071 if (SS.isSet()) {
1072 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier
1073 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS.getScopeRep());
1074 if (const Type *Ty = Qualifier->getAsType())
1075 if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
1076 R.setNamingClass(NamingClass);
1077 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001078 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001079 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1080 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001081
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001082 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1083 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001084 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1085 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001086 if (E.isInvalid())
1087 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1090 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001091 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001092 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001093
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001094 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1095 return ExprError();
1096
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001097 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1098 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001099 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001100
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001101 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001102 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001103 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1104 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1105 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1106 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1107 }
1108
1109 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1110 // call, diagnose the problem.
1111 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001112 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001113 return ExprError();
1114
1115 assert(!R.empty() &&
1116 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001117
1118 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1119 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001120 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001121 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1122 R.clear();
1123 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1124 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1125 return move(E);
1126 }
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001127 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001128 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001129
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001130 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1131 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1132
1133 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001134 // Warn about constructs like:
1135 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1136 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1138 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001139 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001140 if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001141 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001142 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001143 << Var->getDeclName()
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001144 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 :
1145 Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001146 break;
1147 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001148
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001149 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1150 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001151 }
1152 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001153 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1155 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1156 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1157 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1158 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1159 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001160 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001161 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001162
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001163 QualType T = Func->getType();
1164 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001165 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001166 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001167 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001168 }
1169 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001170
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001171 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1172 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1173 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1174 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1175 // class member access expression.
1176 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1177 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001178 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001179 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001180 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1181 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001182 }
1183
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001184 if (TemplateArgs)
1185 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001186
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001187 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1188}
1189
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001190/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1191Sema::OwningExprResult
1192Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1193 LookupResult &R,
1194 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1195 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1196 case IMA_Instance:
1197 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1198
1199 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1200 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1201 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1202 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1203
1204 case IMA_Mixed:
1205 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1206 case IMA_Unresolved:
1207 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1208
1209 case IMA_Static:
1210 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1211 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1212 if (TemplateArgs)
1213 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1214 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1215
1216 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1217 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1218 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1219 return ExprError();
1220 }
1221
1222 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1223 return ExprError();
1224}
1225
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001226/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1227/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1228/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1229/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001230Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001231Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001232 DeclarationName Name,
1233 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1234 DeclContext *DC;
Douglas Gregora02bb342010-04-28 07:04:26 +00001235 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || DC->isDependentContext())
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001236 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1237
Douglas Gregora02bb342010-04-28 07:04:26 +00001238 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1239 return ExprError();
1240
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001241 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1242 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1243
1244 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1245 return ExprError();
1246
1247 if (R.empty()) {
1248 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1249 return ExprError();
1250 }
1251
1252 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1253}
1254
1255/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1256/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1257/// additional lookup.
1258///
1259/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1260/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1261///
1262/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1263Sema::OwningExprResult
1264Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001265 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001266 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001267 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001268
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001269 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1270 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1271 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1272 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1273 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1274
1275 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1276 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1277 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001278 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001279
1280 bool LookForIvars;
1281 if (Lookup.empty())
1282 LookForIvars = true;
1283 else if (IsClassMethod)
1284 LookForIvars = false;
1285 else
1286 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1287 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001288 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001289 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001290 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001291 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1292 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1293 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1294 if (IsClassMethod)
1295 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1296 << IV->getDeclName());
1297
1298 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1299 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1300 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1301 return ExprError();
1302
1303 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1304 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1305 return ExprError();
1306
1307 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1308 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1309 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1310 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1311
1312 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1313 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1314 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1315 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001316 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001317 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1318 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1319 SelfName, false, false);
1320 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1321 return Owned(new (Context)
1322 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1323 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1324 }
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001325 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001326 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001327 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001328 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1329 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1330 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1331 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1332 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1333 }
1334 }
1335
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001336 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1337 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1338 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1339 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1340 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1341 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1342 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1343 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1344 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1345 }
1346 }
1347 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001348 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1349 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001350}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001351
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001352/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1353///
1354/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1355///
1356/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1357/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1358/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1359/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1360///
1361/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1362/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1363/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1364/// the class declaring the member.
1365///
1366/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1367/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1368/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001369bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001370Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1371 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001372 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001373 NamedDecl *Member) {
1374 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1375 if (!RD)
1376 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001377
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001378 QualType DestRecordType;
1379 QualType DestType;
1380 QualType FromRecordType;
1381 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1382 bool PointerConversions = false;
1383 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1384 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001385
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001386 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1387 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1388 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1389 PointerConversions = true;
1390 } else {
1391 DestType = DestRecordType;
1392 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001393 }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001394 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1395 if (Method->isStatic())
1396 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001397
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001398 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1399 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001400
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001401 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1402 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1403 PointerConversions = true;
1404 } else {
1405 FromRecordType = FromType;
1406 DestType = DestRecordType;
1407 }
1408 } else {
1409 // No conversion necessary.
1410 return false;
1411 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001412
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001413 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1414 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001415
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001416 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1417 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1418 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001419
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001420 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1421 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1422
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001423 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001424 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001425 // class name.
1426 //
1427 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1428 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1429 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1430 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1431 //
1432 // class Base { public: int x; };
1433 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1434 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1435 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1436 //
1437 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1438 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1439 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1440 // }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001441 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001442 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1443 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1444 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1445
1446 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1447
1448 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1449 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1450 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1451 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001452 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001453 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001454 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001455 return true;
1456
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001457 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001458 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001459 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001460 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions, BasePath);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001461
1462 FromType = QType;
1463 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1464
1465 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1466 // we're done.
1467 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1468 return false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001469 }
1470 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001471
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001472 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001473
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001474 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1475 // down to the using declaration's type.
1476 //
1477 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1478 // class ever has member declarations.
1479 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1480 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1481 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1482 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1483
1484 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1485 // conversion is non-trivial.
1486 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1487 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001488 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001489 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001490 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001491 return true;
1492
1493 QualType UType = URecordType;
1494 if (PointerConversions)
1495 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001496 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001497 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions, BasePath);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001498 FromType = UType;
1499 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1500 }
1501
1502 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1503 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1504 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001505 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001506
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001507 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
1508 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
1509 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001510 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001511 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001512
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001513 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlssonb78feca2010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001514 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions, BasePath);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001515 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001516}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001517
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001518/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001519static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001520 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001521 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1522 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001523 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1524 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1525 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001526 if (SS.isSet()) {
1527 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1528 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001529 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001530
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001531 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001532 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001533}
1534
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001535/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1536/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1537/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1538/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001539Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001540Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1541 LookupResult &R,
1542 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1543 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001544 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1545
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001546 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001547
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001548 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1549 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001550 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001551 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001552 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001553 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001554 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001555
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001556 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1557 // 'this' expression now.
1558 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1559 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1560 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001561 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1562 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1563 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1564 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001565 }
1566
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001567 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1568 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1569 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001570 SS,
1571 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1572 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001573}
1574
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001575bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001576 const LookupResult &R,
1577 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001578 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1579 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1580 return false;
1581
1582 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001583 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001584 return false;
1585
1586 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001587 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001588 return false;
1589
1590 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1591 // normal lookup:
1592 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1593 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1594
1595 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1596 // -- a declaration of a class member
1597 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1598 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001599 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001600 return false;
1601
1602 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1603 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1604 // using-declaration
1605 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1606 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1607 // turn off ADL anyway).
1608 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1609 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1610 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1611 return false;
1612
1613 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1614 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1615 // template
1616 // And also for builtin functions.
1617 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1618 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1619
1620 // But also builtin functions.
1621 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1622 return false;
1623 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1624 return false;
1625 }
1626
1627 return true;
1628}
1629
1630
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001631/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1632/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1633/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1634/// will in fact be used.
1635static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1636 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1637 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1638 return true;
1639 }
1640
1641 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1642 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1643 return true;
1644 }
1645
1646 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1647 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1648 return true;
1649 }
1650
1651 return false;
1652}
1653
1654Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001655Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001656 LookupResult &R,
1657 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001658 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1659 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor4b4844f2010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001660 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001661 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001662
1663 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1664 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1665 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001666 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1667 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001668 return ExprError();
1669
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001670 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1671 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1672 // we've picked a target.
1673 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1674
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001675 bool Dependent
1676 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001677 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001678 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001679 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1680 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001681 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1682 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001683 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001684
1685 return Owned(ULE);
1686}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001687
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001688
1689/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1690Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001691Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001692 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1693 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001694 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1695 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001696
1697 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1698 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001699
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001700 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1701 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1702 // a template argument list.
1703 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1704 << Template << SS.getRange();
1705 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1706 return ExprError();
1707 }
1708
1709 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1710 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1711 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001712 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001713 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001714 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001715 return ExprError();
1716 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001717
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001718 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1719 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1720 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1721 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001722 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001723 return ExprError();
1724
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001725 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1726 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001727 return ExprError();
1728
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001729 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1730 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1731 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1732 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001733 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001734 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1735 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1736 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001737 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001738 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump7dafa0d2010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001739 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1740 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1741 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1742 return ExprError();
1743 }
1744
Fariborz Jahanianfa24e102010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001745 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump8971a862010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1747 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1748 return ExprError();
1749 }
1750
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001751 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001752 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001753 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001754 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001755 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001756 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1757 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001758 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001760 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001762 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001763 }
1764 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1765 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001766
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001767 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001768}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001769
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001770Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1771 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001772 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001773
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001774 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001775 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001776 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1777 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1778 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001779 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001780
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001781 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1782 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001784 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1785 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001786 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001787 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001788 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001789
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001790 QualType ResTy;
1791 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1792 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1793 } else {
Anders Carlsson5bd8d192010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001794 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001795
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001796 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001797 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001798 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1799 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001800 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001801}
1802
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001803Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001804 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001805 bool Invalid = false;
1806 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1807 if (Invalid)
1808 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001809
Benjamin Kramer0a1abd42010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001810 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1811 PP);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001812 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001813 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001814
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001815 QualType Ty;
1816 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1817 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1818 else if (Literal.isWide())
1819 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedmaneb1df702010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001820 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1821 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001822 else
1823 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001824
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001825 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1826 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001827 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001828}
1829
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001830Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1831 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001832 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1833 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001834 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001835 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001836 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001837 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001838 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001839
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001840 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001841 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1842 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001843 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001844
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001845 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001846 bool Invalid = false;
1847 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1848 if (Invalid)
1849 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001850
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001851 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001852 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001853 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001854 return ExprError();
1855
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001856 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001857
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001858 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001859 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001860 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001861 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001862 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001863 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001864 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001865 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001866
1867 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1868
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001869 using llvm::APFloat;
1870 APFloat Val(Format);
1871
1872 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001873
1874 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1875 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1876 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1877 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001878 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001879 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001880 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001881 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001882 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1883 } else {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001884 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001885 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1886 }
1887
1888 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1889 << Ty
1890 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1891 }
1892
1893 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001894 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001895
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001896 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001897 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001898 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001899 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001900
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001901 // long long is a C99 feature.
1902 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001903 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001904 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1905
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001906 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001907 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001908
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001909 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1910 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1911 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001912 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1913 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001914 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001915 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001916 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1917 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001918
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001919 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1920 // be an unsigned int.
1921 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1922
1923 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001924 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001925 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1926 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001927 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001928
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001929 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1930 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1931 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1932 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001933 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001934 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001935 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001936 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001937 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001938 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001939
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001940 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001941 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001942 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001943
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001944 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1945 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1946 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1947 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001948 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001949 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001950 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001951 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001952 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001953 }
1954
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001955 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001956 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001957 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001958
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001959 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1960 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1961 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1962 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001963 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001964 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001965 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001966 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001967 }
1968 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001969
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001970 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1971 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001972 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001973 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001974 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001975 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001976 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001977
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001978 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1979 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001980 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001981 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001982 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001983
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001984 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1985 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001987 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001988
1989 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001990}
1991
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001992Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1993 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001994 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001995 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001996 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001997}
1998
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001999/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00002000/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002001bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002002 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2003 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
2004 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002005 if (exprType->isDependentType())
2006 return false;
2007
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00002008 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2009 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2010 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
2011 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
2012 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2013 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2014
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002015 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002016 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002017 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002018 if (isSizeof)
2019 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2020 return false;
2021 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002023 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002024 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002025 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2026 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002027 return false;
2028 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002030 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002031 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2032 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002033 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002035 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002036 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002037 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002038 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2039 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002040 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002042 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002043}
2044
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002045bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2046 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2047 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002048
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002049 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002050 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2051 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002052
2053 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2054 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2055 return false;
2056
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002057 if (E->getBitField()) {
2058 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2059 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002060 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002061
2062 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2063 // bit-field.
2064 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002065 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002066 return false;
2067
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002068 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2069}
2070
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002071/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002072Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002073Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002074 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002075 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002076 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002077 return ExprError();
2078
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002079 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002080
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002081 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2082 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2083 return ExprError();
2084
2085 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002086 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002087 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2088 R.getEnd()));
2089}
2090
2091/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2092/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002093Action::OwningExprResult
2094Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002095 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2096 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2097 bool isInvalid = false;
2098 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2099 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2100 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2101 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002102 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002103 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2104 isInvalid = true;
2105 } else {
2106 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2107 }
2108
2109 if (isInvalid)
2110 return ExprError();
2111
2112 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2113 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2114 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2115 R.getEnd()));
2116}
2117
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002118/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2119/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2120/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002121Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002122Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2123 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00002124 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002126
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002127 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002128 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2129 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2130 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002131 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002132
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002133 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2134 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2135 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2136
2137 if (Result.isInvalid())
2138 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2139
2140 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002141}
2142
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002143QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002144 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2145 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002147 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002148 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002149 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002151 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2152 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2153 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002155 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002156 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2157 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002158 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002159}
2160
2161
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002162
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002163Action::OwningExprResult
2164Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2165 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002166 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2167 switch (Kind) {
2168 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2169 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2170 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2171 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002172
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002173 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002174}
2175
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002176Action::OwningExprResult
2177Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2178 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002179 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2180 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2181
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002182 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2183 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002185 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002186 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2187 Base.release();
2188 Idx.release();
2189 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2190 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2191 }
2192
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002193 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002194 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002195 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2196 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2197 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002198 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002199 }
2200
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002201 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2202}
2203
2204
2205Action::OwningExprResult
2206Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2207 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2208 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2209 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2210
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002211 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002212 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2213 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2214 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002215
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002216 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002217
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002218 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002219 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002220 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002221 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002222 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2223 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002224 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2225 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2226 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2227 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002228 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002229 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2230 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002231 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002232 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002233 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002234 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2235 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002236 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002237 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002238 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002239 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2240 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2241 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002242 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002243 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002244 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2245 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2246 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2247 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002248 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002249 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002250 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002251
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002252 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2253 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002254 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2255 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002256 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002257 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2258 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2259 // force the promotion here.
2260 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2261 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002262 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2263 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002264 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2265
2266 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2267 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002268 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002269 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2270 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2271 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2272 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002273 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2274 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002275 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2276
2277 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2278 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002279 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002280 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002281 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2282 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002283 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002284 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002285 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2286 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002287 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2288 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002289
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002290 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002291 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2292 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002293 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2294
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002295 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002296 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2297 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002298 // incomplete types are not object types.
2299 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2300 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2301 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2302 return ExprError();
2303 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002305 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002306 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002307 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2308 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002309 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002310
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002311 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2312 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2313 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2314 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2315 return ExprError();
2316 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002317
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002318 Base.release();
2319 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002320 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002321 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002322}
2323
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002324QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002325CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002327 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002328 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2329 // see FIXME there.
2330 //
2331 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2332 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002333 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002334
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002335 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002336 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002337
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002338 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002339 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2340 // to be selected.
2341 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002342
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002343 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2344 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002345 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002346
2347 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2348 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002349 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002350 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2351 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002352 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002353 do
2354 compStr++;
2355 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002356 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002357 do
2358 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002359 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002360 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002361
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002362 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002363 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2364 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002365 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2366 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002367 return QualType();
2368 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002369
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002370 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2371 // operates on.
2372 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002373 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002374
2375 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002376 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002377
2378 while (*compStr) {
2379 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2380 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2381 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2382 return QualType();
2383 }
2384 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002385 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002386
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002387 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002388 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002389 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002390 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002391 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002392 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002393 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002394 if (HexSwizzle)
2395 CompSize--;
2396
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002397 if (CompSize == 1)
2398 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002399
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002400 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002401 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002402 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2403 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2404 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2405 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002406 }
2407 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002408}
2409
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002410static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002411 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002412 const Selector &Sel,
2413 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002415 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002416 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002417 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002418 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002419
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002420 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2421 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002423 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002424 return D;
2425 }
2426 return 0;
2427}
2428
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002429static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002430 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002431 const Selector &Sel,
2432 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002433 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2434 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002435 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002436 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002437 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002438 GDecl = PD;
2439 break;
2440 }
2441 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002442 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002443 GDecl = OMD;
2444 break;
2445 }
2446 }
2447 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002448 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002449 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2450 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002451 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002452 if (GDecl)
2453 return GDecl;
2454 }
2455 }
2456 return GDecl;
2457}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002458
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002459Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002460Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2461 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002462 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2463 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2464 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2465 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2466 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2467
2468 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2469 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2470 //
2471 // T* t;
2472 // t.f;
2473 //
2474 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2475 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2476 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2477 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002478 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002479 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2480 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002481 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002482 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002483 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002484 return ExprError();
2485 }
2486 }
2487
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00002488 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
2489 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002490
2491 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2492 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002493 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002494 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2495 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2496 SS.getRange(),
2497 FirstQualifierInScope,
2498 Name, NameLoc,
2499 TemplateArgs));
2500}
2501
2502/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2503/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2504/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2505static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2506 Expr *BaseExpr,
2507 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002508 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002509 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002510 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2511 // diagnostics.
2512 if (!BaseExpr)
2513 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002514
John McCall1e67dd62010-04-27 01:43:38 +00002515 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_of_unrelated)
2516 << SS.getRange() << R.getRepresentativeDecl() << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002517}
2518
2519// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2520// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2521// type. The restriction here is:
2522//
2523// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2524// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2525// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2526//
2527// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2528// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2529// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2530// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2531bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2532 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002533 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002534 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002535 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2536 if (!BaseRT) {
2537 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2538 // dependent.
2539 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2540 return false;
2541 }
2542 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002543
2544 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002545 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2546 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002547 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002548 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002549
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002550 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2551 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2552 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2553 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2554
2555 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2556 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2557
2558 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2559 return false;
2560 }
2561
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002562 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002563 return true;
2564}
2565
2566static bool
2567LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2568 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002569 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002570 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2571 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002572 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002573 << BaseRange))
2574 return true;
2575
2576 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2577 if (SS.isSet()) {
2578 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2579 // nested-name-specifier.
2580 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2581
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002582 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2583 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2584 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2585 return true;
2586 }
2587
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002588 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002589
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002590 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2591 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2592 << DC << SS.getRange();
2593 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002594 }
2595 }
2596
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002597 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2598 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002599
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002600 if (!R.empty())
2601 return false;
2602
2603 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2604 // for typos.
2605 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00002606 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC, false, Sema::CTC_MemberLookup) &&
2607 !R.empty() &&
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002608 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2609 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2610 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002611 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2612 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002613 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2614 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2615 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002616 return false;
2617 } else {
2618 R.clear();
2619 }
2620
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002621 return false;
2622}
2623
2624Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002625Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002626 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002627 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002628 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2629 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2630 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2631 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2632
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002633 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2634 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002635 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002636 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2637 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2638 Name, NameLoc,
2639 TemplateArgs);
2640
2641 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002642
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002643 // Implicit member accesses.
2644 if (!Base) {
2645 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2646 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2647 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2648 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2649 OpLoc, SS))
2650 return ExprError();
2651
2652 // Explicit member accesses.
2653 } else {
2654 OwningExprResult Result =
2655 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002656 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002657
2658 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2659 Owned(Base);
2660 return ExprError();
2661 }
2662
2663 if (Result.get())
2664 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002665 }
2666
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002667 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002668 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2669 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002670}
2671
2672Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002673Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2674 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2675 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002676 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002677 LookupResult &R,
2678 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2679 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002680 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002681 if (IsArrow) {
2682 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2683 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2684 }
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002685 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002686
2687 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2688 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2689 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2690 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2691
2692 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002693 return ExprError();
2694
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002695 if (R.empty()) {
2696 // Rederive where we looked up.
2697 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2698 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2699 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002700
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002701 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002702 << MemberName << DC
2703 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002704 return ExprError();
2705 }
2706
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002707 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2708 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2709 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2710 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2711 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2712 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2713 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2714 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2715 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2716 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2717 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002718 return ExprError();
2719
2720 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2721 // result.
2722 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002723 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002724 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002725 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002726 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002727
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002728 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2729 // pick a member.
2730 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2731
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002732 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2733 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2734 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002735 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2736 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002737 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2738 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2739 TemplateArgs);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002740 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002741
2742 return Owned(MemExpr);
2743 }
2744
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002745 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002746 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002747 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2748
2749 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2750
2751 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2752 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2753 // error cases.
2754 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2755 return ExprError();
2756
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002757 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2758 if (!BaseExpr) {
2759 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002760 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002761 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2762
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002763 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2764 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2765 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2766 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002767 }
2768
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002769 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2770 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2771 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2772 // explicitly qualified.
2773 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2774 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2775 }
2776
2777 // Check the use of this member.
2778 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2779 Owned(BaseExpr);
2780 return ExprError();
2781 }
2782
2783 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2784 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2785 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002786 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2787 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002788 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2789 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2790
2791 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2792 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2793 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2794 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2795 else {
2796 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2797 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2798 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2799
2800 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2801 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2802
2803 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2804 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2805 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2806 }
2807
2808 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002809 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002810 return ExprError();
2811 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002812 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002813 }
2814
2815 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2816 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2817 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002818 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002819 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2820 }
2821
2822 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2823 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2824 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002825 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002826 MemberFn->getType()));
2827 }
2828
2829 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2830 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2831 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002832 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002833 }
2834
2835 Owned(BaseExpr);
2836
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002837 // We found something that we didn't expect. Complain.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002838 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002839 Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2840 << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow);
2841 else
2842 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2843 << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002844
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002845 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here)
2846 << MemberName;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +00002847 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Douglas Gregor861eb802010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002848 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002849}
2850
2851/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2852/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2853/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2854/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2855/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2856/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2857/// an ordinary member expression.
2858///
2859/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2860/// fixed for ObjC++.
2861Sema::OwningExprResult
2862Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002863 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002864 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002865 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002866 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002867
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002868 // Perform default conversions.
2869 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002870
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002871 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002872 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2873
2874 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2875 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002876
2877 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002878 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002879 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2880 // call, and continue on.
2881 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2882 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2883 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2884 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2885 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002886 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2887 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002888 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2889 ->isRecordType()))) {
2890 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2891 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2892 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002893 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002894
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002895 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002896 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002897 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2898 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002899 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002900
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002901 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2902 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2903 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2904 }
2905 }
2906 }
2907
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002908 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2909 // use that.
2910 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002911 if (IsArrow) {
2912 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2913 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2914 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2915 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2916 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002917 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2918 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002919 }
2920 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002921 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2922 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2923 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2924 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002925 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002926 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002927 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002928
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002929 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2930 // use that.
2931 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2932 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2933 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2934 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2935 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2936 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2937 }
2938 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002939
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002940 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002941
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002942 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002943 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002944 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2945 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2946 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2947 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2948 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2949 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2950 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2951 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2952 // Check the use of this method.
2953 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2954 return ExprError();
2955 }
2956 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2957 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2958 Selector SetterSel =
2959 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2960 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2961 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2962 if (!Setter) {
2963 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2964 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002965 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002966 }
2967 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2968 if (!Setter)
2969 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002970
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002971 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2972 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002973
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002974 if (Getter || Setter) {
2975 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002976
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002977 if (Getter)
2978 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2979 else
2980 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2981 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2982 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002983 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002984 PType,
2985 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2986 }
2987 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2988 << MemberName << BaseType);
2989 }
2990 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002991
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002992 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2993 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2994 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002995 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002996 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002997
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002998 if (IsArrow) {
2999 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00003000 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003001 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3002 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003003 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
3004 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
3005 // struct MyRecord foo;
3006 // foo->bar
3007 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
3008 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
3009 // by now.
3010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3011 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003012 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003013 IsArrow = false;
3014 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003015 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
3016 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3017 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00003018 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003019 } else {
3020 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3021 // type *foo;
3022 // foo.bar
3023 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3024 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3025 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3026 // the appropriate pointer type
3027 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3028 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3029 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3030 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3031 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003032 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003033 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3034 IsArrow = true;
3035 }
3036 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003037 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003038
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003039 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3040 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003041 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003042 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3043 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003044 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003045 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003046 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003047
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003048 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3049 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003050 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3051 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003052 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003053 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003054 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003055 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003056 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3057
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003058 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003060 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003061
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003062 if (!IV) {
3063 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3064 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3065 LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00003066 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl, false, CTC_MemberLookup) &&
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003067 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003068 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003069 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3070 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003071 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3072 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003073 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003074 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003075 }
3076 }
3077
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003078 if (IV) {
3079 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3080 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3081 // error cases.
3082 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3083 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003084
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003085 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3086 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3087 return ExprError();
3088 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3089 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3090 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3091 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3092 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3093 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3094 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3095 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3096 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3097 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3098 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3099 // AST for a function decl.
3100 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003101 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003102 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3103 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3104 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3105 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3106 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3107 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003108
3109 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3110 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003111 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003112 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003113 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003114 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3115 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003116 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003117 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003118 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003119
3120 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3121 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003122 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003123 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003124 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003125 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003126 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003127 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003128 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003129 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003130 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3131 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003132 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003133 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003134
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003135 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003136 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003137 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3138 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3139 // Check the use of this declaration
3140 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3141 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003142
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003143 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3144 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3145 }
3146 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3147 // Check the use of this method.
3148 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3149 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003150
Douglas Gregor9a129192010-04-21 00:45:42 +00003151 return Owned(ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context,
3152 OMD->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
3153 OpLoc, BaseExpr, Sel,
3154 OMD, NULL, 0, MemberLoc));
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003155 }
3156 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003157
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003158 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003159 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003160 }
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003161
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003162 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3163 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner2b1ca5f2010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003164 if (!IsArrow)
3165 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3166 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattner90c58fa2010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003167 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003169 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003170 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003171 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003172 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003173 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003174 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003175
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003176 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003177 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003178 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003179 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3180 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003181 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003182 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003183 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003184 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003185
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003186 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3187 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3188
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003189 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003190}
3191
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003192/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3193/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3194/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3195/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3196/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3197///
3198/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3199/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3200/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3201/// only be called
3202/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3203/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3204/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3205Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3206 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3207 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003208 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003209 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3210 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3211 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3212 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3213 return ExprError();
3214
3215 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3216
3217 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3218 DeclarationName Name;
3219 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3220 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3221 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3222 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3223
3224 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3225
3226 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3227 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3228 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3229
3230 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3231 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3232
3233 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3234 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00003235 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
3236 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003237 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003238 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3239 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3240 Name, NameLoc,
3241 TemplateArgs);
3242 } else {
3243 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3244 if (TemplateArgs) {
3245 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3246 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
Douglas Gregor9262f472010-04-27 18:19:34 +00003247
3248 // Re-derive the naming class.
3249 if (SS.isSet()) {
3250 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier
3251 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS.getScopeRep());
3252 if (const Type *Ty = Qualifier->getAsType())
3253 if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3254 R.setNamingClass(NamingClass);
3255 } else {
3256 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
3257 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
3258 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
3259 if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3260 R.setNamingClass(NamingClass);
3261 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003262 } else {
3263 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003264 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003265
3266 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3267 Owned(Base);
3268 return ExprError();
3269 }
3270
3271 if (Result.get()) {
3272 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3273 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3274 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3275 // call now.
3276 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3277 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003278 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003279
3280 return move(Result);
3281 }
3282 }
3283
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003284 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003285 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3286 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003287 }
3288
3289 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003290}
3291
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003292Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3293 FunctionDecl *FD,
3294 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3295 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3296 Diag (CallLoc,
3297 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3298 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003300 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3301 } else {
3302 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3303 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3304
3305 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor8c702532010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003306 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3307 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003308
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003309 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3310 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003311 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003312
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003313 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003314 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003315 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003316
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003317 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3318 InitializedEntity Entity
3319 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3320 InitializationKind Kind
3321 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3322 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3323 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3324
3325 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003326 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003327 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3328 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003329 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003330
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003331 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003332 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003333 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003334 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003335
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003336 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3337 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3338 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003339 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3340 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003341 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3342 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003343 }
3344
3345 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003346 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003347}
3348
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003349/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3350/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3351/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3352/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3353/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3354/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003355bool
3356Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003357 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003358 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003359 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3360 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003361 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003362 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3363 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003364 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003365
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003366 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3367 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3368 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3369 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3370 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00003371 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3372 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003373 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003374 }
3375
3376 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3377 // them.
3378 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3379 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3380 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3381 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00003382 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3383 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003384 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3385 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3386 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003387 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003388 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003389 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003390 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003391 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003392 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003393 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3394 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3395 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3396 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3397 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003398 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003399 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003400 if (Invalid)
3401 return true;
3402 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3403 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3404 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003405
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003406 return false;
3407}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003408
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003409bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3410 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3411 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3412 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3413 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3414 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003415 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003416 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3417 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3418 bool Invalid = false;
3419 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3420 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3421 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3422 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003423 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003424 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003425 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003426
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003427 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003428 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3429 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003430
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003431 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3432 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003433 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003434 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003435 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003436
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003437 // Pass the argument
3438 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3439 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3440 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003441
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003442
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003443 InitializedEntity Entity =
3444 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3445 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3446 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3447 SourceLocation(),
3448 Owned(Arg));
3449 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3450 return true;
3451
3452 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003453 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003454 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003455
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003457 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003458 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3459 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003460
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003461 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003462 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003463 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003464 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003465
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003466 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003467 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003468 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003469 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003470 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003471 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003472 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003473 }
3474 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003475 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003476}
3477
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003478/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003479/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3480/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003481Action::OwningExprResult
3482Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3483 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003484 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003485 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003486
3487 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3488 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003489
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003490 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003491 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003492 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003493
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003494 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003495 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3496 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3497 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3498 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3499 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003500 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003501 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3502 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003503
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003504 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3505 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003506
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003507 NumArgs = 0;
3508 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003509
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003510 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3511 RParenLoc));
3512 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003513
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003514 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003515 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003516 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3517 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003518 bool Dependent = false;
3519 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3520 Dependent = true;
3521 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3522 Dependent = true;
3523
3524 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003525 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003526 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3527
3528 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3529 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3530 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3531 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3532
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003533 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3534
3535 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3536 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3537 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3538 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3539 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3540 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3541 // method template.
3542 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +00003543 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
3544 (*MemE->decls_begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003545 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003546
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003547 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3548 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003549 }
3550
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003551 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003552 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003553 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003554 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003555 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3556 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003557 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003558
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003559 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003560 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003561 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3562 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003563 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003564 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3565 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003566
3567 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3568 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003569 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3570 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003571
3572 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3573 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003574 TheCall.get(), 0))
3575 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003576
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003577 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003578 RParenLoc))
3579 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003580
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003581 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3582 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003583 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003584 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3585 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003586 }
3587 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003588 }
3589
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003590 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003591 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003592 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003593
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003594 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003595 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3596 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00003597 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003598 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003599 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003600
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003601 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3602 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3603 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3604
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003605 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3606}
3607
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003608/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3609/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003610/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3611/// block-pointer type.
3612///
3613/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3614Sema::OwningExprResult
3615Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3616 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3617 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3618 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3619 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3620
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003621 // Promote the function operand.
3622 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3623
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003624 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3625 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003626 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3627 Args, NumArgs,
3628 Context.BoolTy,
3629 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003630
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003631 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3632 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3633 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3634 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003635 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003636 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003637 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3638 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003639 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003640 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003641 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003642 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003643 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003644 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003645 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3646 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3647
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003648 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003649 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003650 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3651 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003652 return ExprError();
3653
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003654 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003655 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003656
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003657 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003659 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003660 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003661 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003662 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003663
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003664 if (FDecl) {
3665 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3666 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3667 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003668 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003669 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003670 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003671 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3672 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3673 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3674 }
3675 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003676 }
3677
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003678 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003679 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3680 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3681 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003682 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3683 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003684 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3685 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003686 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003687 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003688 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003689 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003690
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003691 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3692 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003693 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3694 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003695
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003696 // Check for sentinels
3697 if (NDecl)
3698 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003699
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003700 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003701 if (FDecl) {
3702 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3703 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003704
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003705 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003706 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3707 } else if (NDecl) {
3708 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3709 return ExprError();
3710 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003711
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003712 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003713}
3714
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003715Action::OwningExprResult
3716Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3717 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003718 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003719 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003720 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003721
3722 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3723 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3724 if (!TInfo)
3725 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3726
3727 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3728}
3729
3730Action::OwningExprResult
3731Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3732 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3733 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003734 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003735
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003736 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003737 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003738 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3739 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003740 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3741 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003742 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003743 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003744 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003745 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003746
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003747 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003748 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003749 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003750 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003751 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003752 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3753 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3754 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3755 &literalType);
3756 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003757 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003758 InitExpr.release();
3759 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003760
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003761 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003762 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003763 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003764 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003765 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003766
3767 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003768
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003769 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003770 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003771}
3772
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003773Action::OwningExprResult
3774Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003775 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3776 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3777 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003778
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003779 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003780 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003781
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00003782 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
3783 NumInit, RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003784 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003785 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003786}
3787
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003788static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3789 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003790 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003791 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3792
3793 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3794 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003795 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3796 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003797 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003798 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3799 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3800 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003801
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003802 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3803 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3804 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3805 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3806 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3807 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3808 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3809 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003810
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003811 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3812 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3813 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3814 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3815 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3816 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003817
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003818 // FIXME: Assert here.
3819 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3820 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3821}
3822
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003823/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003824bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003825 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003826 CXXBaseSpecifierArray &BasePath,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003827 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003828 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003829 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, BasePath,
3830 FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003831
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003832 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003833
3834 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3835 // type needs to be scalar.
3836 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3837 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003838 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3839 return false;
3840 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003841
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003842 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003843 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003844 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3845 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003846 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003847 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3848 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003849 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003850 return false;
3851 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003852
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003853 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003854 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003855 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003856 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003857 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003858 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003859 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003860 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003861 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3862 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3863 break;
3864 }
3865 }
3866 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3867 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3868 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003869 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003870 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003871 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003872
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003873 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3874 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3875 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3876 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003877
3878 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003879 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003880 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3881 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003882 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003883 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003884
3885 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003886 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003887
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003888 if (castType->isVectorType())
3889 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3890 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3891 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3892
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003893 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3894 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003895
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003896 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003897 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3898 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3899 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3900 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3901 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3902 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3903 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3904 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3905 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3906 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003907 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003908
3909 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003910 return false;
3911}
3912
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003913bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3914 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003915 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003916
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003917 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003918 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003919 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003920 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003921 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003922 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003923 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003924 } else
3925 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003926 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003927 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003928
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003929 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003930 return false;
3931}
3932
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003933bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003934 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003935 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003936
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003937 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003938
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003939 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3940 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003941 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3942 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3943 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3944 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003945 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003946 return false;
3947 }
3948
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003949 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003950 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3951 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003952 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3953 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3954 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3955 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003956
3957 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3958 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3959 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003960
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003961 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003962 return false;
3963}
3964
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003965Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003966Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003967 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3968 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3969 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003970
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003971 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3972 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3973 if (!castTInfo)
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003974 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003975
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003976 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003977 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003978 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003979 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3980 castTInfo);
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003981
3982 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3983}
3984
3985Action::OwningExprResult
3986Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3987 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3988 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3989
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003990 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Anders Carlsson5d270e82010-04-24 18:38:56 +00003991 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003992 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003993 Kind, BasePath))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003994 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003995
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003996 Op.release();
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003997 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlsson5d270e82010-04-24 18:38:56 +00003998 Kind, castExpr, BasePath, Ty,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003999 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004000}
4001
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004002/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4003/// of comma binary operators.
4004Action::OwningExprResult
4005Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
4006 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
4007 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
4008 if (!E)
4009 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004010
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004011 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004012
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004013 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4014 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
4015 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004016
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004017 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
4018}
4019
4020Action::OwningExprResult
4021Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4022 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004023 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004024 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004025 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
4027 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004028 // then handle it as such.
4029 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4030 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4031 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4032 return ExprError();
4033 }
4034
4035 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4036 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4037 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4038
4039 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4040 // braces instead of the original commas.
4041 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004042 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
4043 &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004044 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4045 E->setType(Ty);
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004046 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004047 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004048 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004049 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4050 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004051 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004052 }
4053}
4054
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004055Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004056 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004057 MultiExprArg Val,
4058 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004059 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4060 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004061 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4062 Expr *expr;
4063 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4064 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4065 else
4066 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004067 return Owned(expr);
4068}
4069
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004070/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4071/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004072/// C99 6.5.15
4073QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4074 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004075 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4077 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4078
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004079 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004080
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004081 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4082 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4083 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4084 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4085 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4086 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004087
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004088 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004089 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4090 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4091 << CondTy;
4092 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004093 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004094
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004095 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004096 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4097 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004098
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004099 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4100 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004101 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4102 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4103 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004104 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004105
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004106 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4107 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004108 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4109 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004110 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004111 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004112 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004113 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004114 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004115 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004117 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004118 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004119 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4120 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4121 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4122 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4123 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4124 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4125 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004126 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4127 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004128 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004129 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004130 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4131 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004132 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004133 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004134 // promote the null to a pointer.
4135 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004136 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004137 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004138 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004139 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004140 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004141 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004142 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004143
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004144 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4145 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4146 QuestionLoc);
4147 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4148 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004149
4150
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004151 // Handle block pointer types.
4152 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4153 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4154 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4155 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004156 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4157 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004158 return destType;
4159 }
4160 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004161 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004162 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004163 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004164 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4165 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4166 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004167 return LHSTy;
4168 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004169 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004170 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4171 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004172
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004173 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4174 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004175 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004176 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004177 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4178 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4179 // to get a consistent AST.
4180 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004181 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4182 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004183 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004184 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004185 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004186 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4187 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004188 return LHSTy;
4189 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004190
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004191 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4192 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4193 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004194 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4195 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004196
4197 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4198 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4199 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004200 QualType destPointee
4201 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004202 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004203 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4204 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4205 // Promote to void*.
4206 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004207 return destType;
4208 }
4209 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004210 QualType destPointee
4211 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004212 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004213 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004214 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004215 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004216 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004217 return destType;
4218 }
4219
4220 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4221 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4222 return LHSTy;
4223 }
4224 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4225 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4226 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4227 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4228 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4229 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4230 // to get a consistent AST.
4231 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004232 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4233 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004234 return incompatTy;
4235 }
4236 // The pointer types are compatible.
4237 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4238 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4239 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4240 // type.
4241 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4242 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004243 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4244 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004245 return LHSTy;
4246 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004247
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004248 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4249 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4250 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4251 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004252 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004253 return RHSTy;
4254 }
4255 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4256 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4257 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004258 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004259 return LHSTy;
4260 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004261
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004262 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004263 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4264 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004265 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004266}
4267
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004268/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4269/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4270QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4271 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4272 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4273 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004274
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004275 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4276 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4277 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4278 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4279 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4280 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4281 return LHSTy;
4282 }
4283 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4284 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4285 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4286 return RHSTy;
4287 }
4288 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4289 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4290 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4291 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4292 return LHSTy;
4293 }
4294 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4295 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4296 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4297 return RHSTy;
4298 }
4299 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4300 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4301 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4302 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4303 return LHSTy;
4304 }
4305 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4306 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4307 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4308 return RHSTy;
4309 }
4310 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4311 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004312
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004313 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4314 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4315 return LHSTy;
4316 }
4317 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4318 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4319 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004320
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004321 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4322 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4323 // type. This allows
4324 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4325 // where B is a subclass of A.
4326 //
4327 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4328 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4329 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4330 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004331
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004332 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4333 // It could return the composite type.
4334 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4335 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4336 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4337 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4338 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4339 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4340 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4341 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4342 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4343 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4344 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4345 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4346 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4347 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004348 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004349 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4350 ;
4351 else {
4352 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4353 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4354 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4355 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4356 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4357 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4358 return incompatTy;
4359 }
4360 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4361 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4362 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4363 return compositeType;
4364 }
4365 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4366 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4367 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4368 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4369 QualType destPointee
4370 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4371 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4372 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4373 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4374 // Promote to void*.
4375 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4376 return destType;
4377 }
4378 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4379 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4380 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4381 QualType destPointee
4382 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4383 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4384 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4385 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4386 // Promote to void*.
4387 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4388 return destType;
4389 }
4390 return QualType();
4391}
4392
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004393/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004394/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004395Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4396 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4397 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4398 ExprArg RHS) {
4399 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4400 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004401
4402 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4403 // was the condition.
4404 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4405 if (isLHSNull)
4406 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004407
4408 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004409 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004410 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004411 return ExprError();
4412
4413 Cond.release();
4414 LHS.release();
4415 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004416 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004417 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004418 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004419}
4420
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004421// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004423// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4424// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4425// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004426Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004427Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004428 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004430 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4431 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4432 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4433 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4434 return Compatible;
4435 }
4436
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004437 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004438 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4439 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004441 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004442 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4443 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004444
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004445 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004446
4447 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4448 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4449 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004450 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004451 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004452 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004453
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004454 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4455 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004456 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004457 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004458 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004459 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004460
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004461 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004462 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4463 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004464 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004465
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004466 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004467 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004468 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004469
4470 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004471 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4472 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004473 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004474 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004475 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004476 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4477 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4478 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4479 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4480 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4481 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004482 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004483 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004484 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004485 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004486
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004487 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004488 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004489 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004490 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004491
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004492 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4493 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4494 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4495 // warning can be disabled.
4496 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4497 return ConvTy;
4498 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4499 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004500
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004501 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4502 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4503 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4504 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4505 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4506 do {
4507 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4508 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004509
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004510 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4511 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4512 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004513
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004514 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004515 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004516 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004517
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004518 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004519 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004520 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004521 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004522}
4523
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004524/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4525/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4526/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4527// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004528Sema::AssignConvertType
4529Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004530 QualType rhsType) {
4531 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004532
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004533 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004534 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4535 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004537 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4538 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4539 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004541 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004542
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004543 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004544 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004545 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004546
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004547 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4548 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4549 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4550 }
4551 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004552 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004553 return ConvTy;
4554}
4555
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004556/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4557/// for assignment compatibility.
4558Sema::AssignConvertType
4559Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004560 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4561 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004562 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4563 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004564 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004565 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004566 }
4567 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4568 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004569 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4570 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004571 return IncompatiblePointer;
4572 return Compatible;
4573 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004574 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004575 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004576 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004577 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4578 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4579 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4580 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4581 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4582 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004583
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004584 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4585 return Compatible;
4586 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4587 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004588 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004589}
4590
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004591/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4592/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004593/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4594///
4595/// int a, *pint;
4596/// short *pshort;
4597/// struct foo *pfoo;
4598///
4599/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4600/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4601/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4602/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4603///
4604/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004605/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004606///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004607Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004608Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004609 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4610 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004611 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4612 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004613
4614 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004615 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004616
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004617 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4618 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4619 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4620 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4621 return Compatible;
4622 }
4623
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004624 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4625 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4626 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4627 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4628 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4629 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4630 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004631 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004632 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004633 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004634 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004635 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004636 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4637 // to the same ExtVector type.
4638 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4639 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4640 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4641 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4642 return Compatible;
4643 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004644
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004645 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004646 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004647 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004648 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004649 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4650 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004651 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004652 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004653 }
4654 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004655 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004656
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004657 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004658 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004659
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004660 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004661 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004662 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004663
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004664 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004665 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004666
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004667 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004668 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004669 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4670 return Compatible;
4671 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004672 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004673 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4674 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004675 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004676
4677 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004678 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004679 return Compatible;
4680 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004681 return Incompatible;
4682 }
4683
4684 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4685 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004686 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004687
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004688 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004689 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004690 return Compatible;
4691
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004692 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4693 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004694
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004695 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004696 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004697 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004698 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004699 return Incompatible;
4700 }
4701
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004702 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4703 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4704 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004705
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004706 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004707 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004708 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4709 return Compatible;
4710 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004711 }
4712 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004713 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004714 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004715 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004716 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4717 return Compatible;
4718 }
4719 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4720 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4721 return Compatible;
4722 return Incompatible;
4723 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004724 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004725 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004726 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4727 return Compatible;
4728
4729 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004730 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004731
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004733 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004734
4735 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004736 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004737 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004738 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004739 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004740 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4741 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4742 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4743 return Compatible;
4744
4745 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4746 return PointerToInt;
4747
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004748 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004749 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004750 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4751 return Compatible;
4752 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004753 }
4754 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004755 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004756 return Compatible;
4757 return Incompatible;
4758 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004759
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004760 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004761 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004762 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004763 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004764 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004765}
4766
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004767/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4768/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004769static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004770 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4771 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4772 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004773 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004774 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004775 SourceLocation());
4776 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4777 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4778
4779 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4780 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004781 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004782 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004783 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004784}
4785
4786Sema::AssignConvertType
4787Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4788 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4789
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004790 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004791 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4792 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004793 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004794 return Incompatible;
4795
4796 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4797 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4798 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4799 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004800 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4801 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004802 it != itend; ++it) {
4803 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4804 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4805 // 1) void pointer
4806 // 2) null pointer constant
4807 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004808 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004809 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004810 InitField = *it;
4811 break;
4812 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004813
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004814 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004815 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004816 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004817 InitField = *it;
4818 break;
4819 }
4820 }
4821
4822 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4823 == Compatible) {
4824 InitField = *it;
4825 break;
4826 }
4827 }
4828
4829 if (!InitField)
4830 return Incompatible;
4831
4832 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4833 return Compatible;
4834}
4835
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004836Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004837Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004838 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4839 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4840 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4841 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4842 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004843 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004844 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004845 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004846 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004847 }
4848
4849 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4850 // structures.
4851 }
4852
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004853 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4854 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004855 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4856 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004857 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004858 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004859 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004860 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004861 return Compatible;
4862 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004863
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004864 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004865 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004866 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004867 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004868 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004869 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004870 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004871 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004872
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004873 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4874 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004875
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004876 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4877 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004878 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4879 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4880 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4881 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004882 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004883 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4884 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004885 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004886}
4887
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004888QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004889 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004890 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004891 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004892 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004893}
4894
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004895QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004896 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004897 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004898 QualType lhsType =
4899 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4900 QualType rhsType =
4901 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004903 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004904 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004905 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004906
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004907 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4908 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004909 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4910 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004911 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4912 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004913 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004914 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004915 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004916 }
4917 }
4918 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004919
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004920 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4921 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4922 bool swapped = false;
4923 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4924 swapped = true;
4925 std::swap(rex, lex);
4926 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4927 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004928
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004929 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004930 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004931 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4932 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4933 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004934 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004935 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4936 return lhsType;
4937 }
4938 }
4939 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4940 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4941 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004942 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004943 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4944 return lhsType;
4945 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004946 }
4947 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004948
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004949 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004950 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004951 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004952 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004953 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004954}
4955
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004956QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4957 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004958 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004959 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004960
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004961 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004962
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004963 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4964 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4965 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004966
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004967 // Check for division by zero.
4968 if (isDiv &&
4969 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004970 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004971 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004972
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004973 return compType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004974}
4975
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004976QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004977 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004978 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4979 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4980 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4981 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4982 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004983
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004984 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004985
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004986 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4987 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004988
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004989 // Check for remainder by zero.
4990 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004991 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4992 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004993
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004994 return compType;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004995}
4996
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004997QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004998 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004999 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5000 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5001 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5002 return compType;
5003 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005004
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005005 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005006
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00005007 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005008 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
5009 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
5010 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005011 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005012 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005013
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005014 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
5015 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005016 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005017 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5018
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005019 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005020
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005021 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005022 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005023
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005024 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5025 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005026 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005028 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005029 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005030 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005031
5032 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5033 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5034 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005035 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5037 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5038 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5039 return QualType();
5040 }
5041
5042 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5043 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5044 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005045 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005046 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005047 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005048 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005049 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5050 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005051 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5052 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005053 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005054 return QualType();
5055 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005056 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5057 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5058 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5059 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5060 return QualType();
5061 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005062
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005063 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005064 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5065 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5066 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5067 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5068 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005069 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005070 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5071 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005072 return PExp->getType();
5073 }
5074 }
5075
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005076 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005077}
5078
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005079// C99 6.5.6
5080QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005081 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5082 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5083 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5084 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5085 return compType;
5086 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005087
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005088 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005089
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005090 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005091
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005092 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005093 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5094 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005095 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005096 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005097 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005098
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005099 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005100 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005101 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005102
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005103 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005104
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005105 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5106 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5107 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5108 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5109 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5110 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5111 return QualType();
5112 }
5113
5114 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5115 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5116 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5117 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5118 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005119 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005120 return QualType();
5121 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005122
5123 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5124 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5125 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005126 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005127 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005128 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005129 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005130 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005131
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005132 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5133 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5134 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5135 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5136 return QualType();
5137 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005138
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005139 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005140 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5141 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5142 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5143 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5144 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5145 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005146 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005147 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5148
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005149 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005150 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005151 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005152
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005153 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005154 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005155 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005156
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005157 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5158 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5159 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5160 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5161 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5162 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5163 return QualType();
5164 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005166 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5167 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5168 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005170 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005171 return QualType();
5172 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005173
5174 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5175 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5176 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5177 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5178 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005179 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5180 << rex->getSourceRange()
5181 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005182 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005183
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005184 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5185 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5186 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5187 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5188 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5189 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5190 return QualType();
5191 }
5192 } else {
5193 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5194 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5195 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5196 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5197 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5198 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5199 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5200 return QualType();
5201 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005202 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005203
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005204 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5205 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5206 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5207 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5208 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005209 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005210 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005211
5212 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005213 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5214 }
5215 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005216
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005217 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005218}
5219
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005220// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005221QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005222 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005223 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5224 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005225 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005226
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005227 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5228 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5229 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5230
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005231 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5232 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005233 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5234 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5235 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5236 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5237 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005238 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005239 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005240 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005241
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005242 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005243
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005244 // Sanity-check shift operands
5245 llvm::APSInt Right;
5246 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005247 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5248 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005249 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005250 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5251 else {
5252 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5253 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5254 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5255 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5256 }
5257 }
5258
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005259 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005260 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005261}
5262
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005263// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005264QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005265 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5266 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5267
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005268 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005269 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005270 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005271
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005272 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005273
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005274 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005275 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5276 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5277 else {
5278 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5279 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5280 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005281 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5282 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005283
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005284 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5285 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005286 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5287 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5288 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005289 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005290 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005291 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5292 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5293 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5294 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005295 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5296 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005297 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005298
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005299 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5300 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5301 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5302 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005303
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005304 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5305 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005306 Expr *literalString = 0;
5307 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005308 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005309 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005310 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005311 literalString = lex;
5312 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005313 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5314 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005315 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005316 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005317 literalString = rex;
5318 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5319 }
5320
5321 if (literalString) {
5322 std::string resultComparison;
5323 switch (Opc) {
5324 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5325 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5326 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5327 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5328 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5329 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5330 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5331 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005332
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005333 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5334 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5335 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek800b66b2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005336 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005337 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005338 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005339
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005340 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005341 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005342
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005343 if (isRelational) {
5344 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005345 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005346 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005347 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005348 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005349 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005350
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005351 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005352 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005353 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005354
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005355 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005356 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005357 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005358 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005359
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005360 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5361 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5362 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005363 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005364 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005365 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005366 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005367 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005368
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005369 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005370 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5371 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005372 if (!isRelational &&
5373 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5374 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5375 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5376 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5377 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5378 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5379 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5380 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5381 return ResultTy;
5382 }
5383 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005384 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5385 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5386 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5387 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5388 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5389 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005390 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005391 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005392 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005393 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005394 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005395 if (T.isNull()) {
5396 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5397 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5398 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005399 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005400 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005401 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005402 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005403 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005404 }
5405
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005406 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5407 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005408 return ResultTy;
5409 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005410 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5411 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5412 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5413 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5414 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5415 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5416 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5417 }
5418 } else if (!isRelational &&
5419 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5420 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5421 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5422 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5423 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5424 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5425 }
5426 } else {
5427 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005428 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005429 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005430 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005431 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005432 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005433 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005434 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005435
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005436 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005437 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005438 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005439 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005440 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5441 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005442 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005443 return ResultTy;
5444 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005445 if (LHSIsNull &&
5446 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5447 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005448 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005449 return ResultTy;
5450 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005451
5452 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005453 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005454 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5455 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005456 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5457 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5458 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5459 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5460 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5461 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5462 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5463 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005464 // types.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005465 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005466 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005467 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005468 if (T.isNull()) {
5469 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005470 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005471 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005472 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005473 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005474 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005475 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005476 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005477 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005478
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005479 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5480 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005481 return ResultTy;
5482 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005483
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005484 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005485 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5486 return ResultTy;
5487 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005488
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005489 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005490 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005491 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5492 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005493
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005494 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005495 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005496 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005497 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005498 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005499 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005500 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005501 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005502 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005503 if (!isRelational
5504 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5505 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005506 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005507 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005508 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005509 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005510 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5511 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5512 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005513 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005514 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005515 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005516 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005517
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005518 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005519 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005520 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5521 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005522 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005523 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005524 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005525 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005526
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005527 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5528 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005529 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005530 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005531 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005532 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005533 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005534 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005535 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005536 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005537 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5538 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005539 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005540 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005541 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005542 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005543 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005544 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5545 if (RHSIsNull) {
5546 if (isRelational)
5547 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5548 } else if (isRelational)
5549 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5550 else
5551 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005552
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005553 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005554 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005555 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005556 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005557 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005558 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005559 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005560 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005561 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5562 if (LHSIsNull) {
5563 if (isRelational)
5564 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5565 } else if (isRelational)
5566 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5567 else
5568 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005569
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005570 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005571 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005572 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005573 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005574 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005575 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005576 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005577 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005578 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5579 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005580 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005581 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005582 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005583 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5584 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005585 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005586 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005587 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005588 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005589}
5590
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005591/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005592/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005593/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5594/// types.
5595QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005596 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005597 bool isRelational) {
5598 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5599 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005600 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005601 if (vType.isNull())
5602 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005603
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005604 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5605 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005606
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005607 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5608 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5609 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5610 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5611 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5612 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5613 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005614 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005615 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005616
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005617 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5618 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5619 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005620 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005621 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005622
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005623 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5624 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5625 // elements for floating point vectors.
5626 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5627 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005628
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005629 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005630 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005631 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005632 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005633 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005634 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5635
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005636 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005637 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005638 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5639}
5640
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005641inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005642 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005643 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005644 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005645
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005646 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005647
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005648 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005649 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005650 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005651}
5652
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005653inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005654 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005655 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5656 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5657 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005658
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005659 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5660 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005661
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005662 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005663 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005664
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005665 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5666 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5667 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5668 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5669 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5670 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5671 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005672
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005673 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005674 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005675 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005676
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005677 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5678 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5679 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5680 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005681
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005682 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005683 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005684 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005685
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005686 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5687 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5688 // The result is a bool.
5689 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005690}
5691
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005692/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5693/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5694/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5695///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005696static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005697 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5698 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5699 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5700 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005701 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005702 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5703 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5704 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5705 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005706 }
5707 }
5708 return false;
5709}
5710
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005711/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5712/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5713static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005714 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005715 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005716 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005717 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5718 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005719 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5720 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005721
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005722 unsigned Diag = 0;
5723 bool NeedType = false;
5724 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005725 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005726 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005727 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5728 NeedType = true;
5729 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005730 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005731 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5732 NeedType = true;
5733 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005734 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005735 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5736 break;
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005737 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5738 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005739 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005740 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5741 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005742 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5743 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005744 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5745 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005746 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005747 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005748 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005749 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005750 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5751 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005752 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005753 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5754 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005755 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5756 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5757 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005758 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5759 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5760 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005761 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5762 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5763 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005764 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005765
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005766 SourceRange Assign;
5767 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5768 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005769 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005770 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005771 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005772 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005773 return true;
5774}
5775
5776
5777
5778// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005779QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5780 SourceLocation Loc,
5781 QualType CompoundType) {
5782 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5783 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005784 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005785
5786 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5787 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005788
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005789 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005790 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005791 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005792 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005793 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5794 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5795 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005796 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005797 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005798 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005799 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005800
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005801 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5802 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5803 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005804 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005805 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5806 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5807 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5808 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5809 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005810 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005811 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005812 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5813 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5814 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005815 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5816 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005817 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5818 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5819 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005820 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005821 }
5822 } else {
5823 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005824 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005825 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005826
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005827 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005828 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005829 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005830
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005831 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5832 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005833 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005834 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5835 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005836 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005837 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005838 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005839}
5840
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005841// C99 6.5.17
5842QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005843 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005844 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5845 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5846 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005847
5848 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5849 // incomplete in C++).
5850
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005851 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005852}
5853
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005854/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5855/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005856QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5857 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005858 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5859 return Context.DependentTy;
5860
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005861 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5862 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005863
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005864 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5865 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5866 if (!isInc) {
5867 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5868 return QualType();
5869 }
5870 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5871 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5872 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005873 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005874 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5875 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005876
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005877 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005878 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005879 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5880 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5881 << Op->getSourceRange();
5882 return QualType();
5883 }
5884
5885 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005886 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005887 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005888 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5889 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5890 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5891 return QualType();
5892 }
5893
5894 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005895 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005896 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005897 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005898 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005899 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005900 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005901 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5902 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5903 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5904 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5905 return QualType();
5906 }
Eli Friedman090addd2010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005907 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005908 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5909 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005910 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005911 } else {
5912 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005913 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005914 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005915 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005916 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005917 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005918 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005919 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005920 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005921}
5922
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005923/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005924/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005925/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5926/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5927/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5928/// - &(x) => x
5929/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5930/// - &s.xx => s
5931/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5932/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5933/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5934/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005935static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005936 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005937 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005938 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005939 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005940 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5941 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5942 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005943 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005944 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005945 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005946 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005947 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005948 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5949 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005950 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5951 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5952 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5953 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5954 }
5955 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005956 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005957 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5958 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005959
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005960 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005961 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5962 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5963 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5964 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5965 default:
5966 return 0;
5967 }
5968 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005969 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005970 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005971 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005972 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5973 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005974 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005975 default:
5976 return 0;
5977 }
5978}
5979
5980/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005981/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005982/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005983/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005984/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005985/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005986/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005987QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005988 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5989 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5990
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005991 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5992 return Context.DependentTy;
5993
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005994 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5995 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5996 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5997 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5998 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5999 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
6000 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
6001 }
6002 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
6003 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
6004 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006005 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00006006 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00006007
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006008 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
6009 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
6010 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
6011 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
6012 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
6013 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
6014 // branch of the if, below.
6015 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
6016 << dcl;
6017 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
6018
6019 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
6020 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6021 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
6022 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00006023 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
6024 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
6025 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
6026 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
6027 if (isSFINAEContext())
6028 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006029 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006030 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006031 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006032 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006033 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006034 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6035 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006036 return QualType();
6037 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006038 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006039 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6040 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6041 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006042 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson8abde4b2010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006043 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006044 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006045 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006046 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006047 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006048 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6049 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6050 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6051 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6052 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006053 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6054 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006055 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6056 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006057 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6058 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006059 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006060 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006061 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6062 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006063 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006064 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6065 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006066 return QualType();
6067 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006068 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006069 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006070 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006071 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006072 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6073 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006074 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006075 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006076 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6077 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006078 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006079 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6080 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6081 return QualType();
6082 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006083
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006084 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6085 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006086 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006087 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006088 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006089 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006090 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006091 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6092 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006093 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6094 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6095 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00006096 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006097 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006098
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006099 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6100 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6101 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6102 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6103 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6104 }
6105
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006106 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006107 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006108}
6109
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006110QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006111 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6112 return Context.DependentTy;
6113
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006114 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6115 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006116
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006117 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6118 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6119 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6120 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006121 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006122 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006123
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006124 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006125 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006126
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006127 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006128 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006129 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00006130}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006131
6132static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6133 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6134 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6135 switch (Kind) {
6136 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006137 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6138 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006139 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6140 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6141 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6142 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6143 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6144 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6145 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6146 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6147 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6148 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6149 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6150 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6151 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6152 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6153 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6154 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6155 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6156 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6157 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6158 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6159 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6160 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6161 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6162 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6163 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6164 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6165 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6166 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6167 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6168 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6169 }
6170 return Opc;
6171}
6172
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006173static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6174 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6175 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6176 switch (Kind) {
6177 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6178 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6179 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6180 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6181 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6182 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6183 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6184 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6185 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006186 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6187 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00006188 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006189 }
6190 return Opc;
6191}
6192
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006193/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6194/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6195/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006196Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6197 unsigned Op,
6198 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006199 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006200 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006201 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6202 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6203 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006204
6205 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006206 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6207 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6208 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006209 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6210 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6211 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6212 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6213 break;
6214 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006215 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006216 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6217 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006218 break;
6219 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6220 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6221 break;
6222 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6223 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6224 break;
6225 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6226 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6227 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006228 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006229 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6230 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6231 break;
6232 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6233 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6234 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6235 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006236 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006237 break;
6238 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6239 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006240 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006241 break;
6242 case BinaryOperator::And:
6243 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6244 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6245 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6246 break;
6247 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6248 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6249 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6250 break;
6251 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6252 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006253 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6254 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006255 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6256 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6257 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006258 break;
6259 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006260 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6261 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6262 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6263 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006264 break;
6265 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006266 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6267 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6268 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006269 break;
6270 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006271 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6272 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6273 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006274 break;
6275 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6276 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006277 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6278 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6279 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6280 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006281 break;
6282 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6283 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6284 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006285 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6286 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6287 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6288 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006289 break;
6290 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6291 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6292 break;
6293 }
6294 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006295 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006296 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006297 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6298 else
6299 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006300 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6301 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006302}
6303
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006304/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6305/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006306static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6307 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006308 const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
6309 SourceRange FirstParenRange,
6310 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006311 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006312 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6313
6314 if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
6315 return;
6316
6317 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
6318 if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6319 // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006320 return;
6321 }
6322
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006323 Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
6324 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006325 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006326
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006327 if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006328 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006329
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006330 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6331 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6332 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6333 // warning/error and return.
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006334 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006335 return;
6336 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006337
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006338 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006339 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6340 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006341}
6342
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006343/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6344/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6345/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6346/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006347static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6348 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006349 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6350 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6351 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6352 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006353 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006354 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006355 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6356
6357 // Subs are not binary operators.
6358 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6359 return;
6360
6361 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6362 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006363 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6364 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006365 return;
6366
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006367 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006368 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006369 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006370 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6371 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006372 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006373 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006374 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()),
6375 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6376 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6377 lhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006378 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006379 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006380 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006381 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6382 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006383 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006384 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006385 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()),
6386 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6387 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6388 rhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006389}
6390
6391/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6392/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6393/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6394static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6395 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006396 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006397 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6398}
6399
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006400// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006401Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6402 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6403 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006404 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006405 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006406
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006407 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6408 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006409
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006410 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6411 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6412
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006413 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6414}
6415
6416Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6417 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6418 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006419 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006420 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006421 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6422 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6423 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6424 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6425 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006426 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006427 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006428 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6429 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6430 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006431
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006432 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6433 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006434 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006435 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006436
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006437 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006438 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006439}
6440
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006441Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006442 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006443 ExprArg InputArg) {
6444 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006445
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006446 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006447 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006448 QualType resultType;
6449 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006450 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6451 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6452 break;
6453
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006454 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6455 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006456 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6457 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006458 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006459 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6460 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006461 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006462 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006463 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006464 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006465 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006466 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006467 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006468 break;
6469 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6470 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006471 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6472 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006473 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6474 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006475 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6476 break;
6477 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6478 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6479 break;
6480 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6481 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6482 resultType->isPointerType())
6483 break;
6484
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006485 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6486 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006487 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006488 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6489 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006490 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6491 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006492 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6493 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6494 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006495 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006496 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006497 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006498 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6499 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006500 break;
6501 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006502 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006503 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006504 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006505 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6506 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006507 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006508 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6509 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006510 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006511 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6512 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006513 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006514 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006515 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006516 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006517 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006518 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006519 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006520 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006521 }
6522 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006523 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006524
6525 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006526 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006527}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006528
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006529Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6530 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6531 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006532 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006533 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6534 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006535 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6536 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6537 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6538 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006539 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006540 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006541 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6542 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6543 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006544
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006545 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6546 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006547
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006548 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6549}
6550
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006551// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6552Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6553 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6554 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6555}
6556
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006557/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006558Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6559 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6560 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006561 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006562 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006563
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006564 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6565 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006566 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006567 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006568
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006569 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006570 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6571 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006572}
6573
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006574Sema::OwningExprResult
6575Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6576 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6577 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006578 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6579 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6580
Douglas Gregor6cf3f3c2010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006581 bool isFileScope
6582 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006583 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006584 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006585
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006586 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6587 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6588 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006589
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006590 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6591 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6592 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006593
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006594 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6595 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6596 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6597 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6598 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006599
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006600 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006601 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006602 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006603
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006604 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6605 // expressions are not lvalues.
6606
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006607 substmt.release();
6608 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006609}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006610
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006611Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6612 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6613 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6614 TypeTy *argty,
6615 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6616 unsigned NumComponents,
6617 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6618 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6619 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006620 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6621 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006622 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006623
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006624 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6625
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006626 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6627 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6628 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006629 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006630 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006631
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006632 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6633 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006634
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006635 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6636 // the offsetof designators.
6637 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6638 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006639 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006640 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006641
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006642 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6643 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006644 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6645 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006646 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006647 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6648 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006649
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006650 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006651 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006652
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006653 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6654 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6655 return ExprError();
6656
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006657 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6658 // leaks like a sieve.
6659 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6660 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6661 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6662 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6663 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6664 if (!AT) {
6665 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006666 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6667 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006668 }
6669
6670 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6671
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006672 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6673 // expression.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006674 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006675
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006676 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6677 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006678 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006679 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006680 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006681 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006682 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006683
6684 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6685 OC.LocEnd);
6686 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006687 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006688
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006689 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006690 if (!RC) {
6691 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006692 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6693 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006694 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006695
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006696 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6697 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006698 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006699 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6700 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6701 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6702 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6703 << Res->getType()))
6704 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006706
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006707 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6708 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006709
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006710 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006711 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006712 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006713 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6714 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006715
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006716 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6717 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006718 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006719 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006720 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006721 } else {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006722 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6723 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006724 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6725 // doesn't matter here.
6726 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6727 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6728 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006729 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006730 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006731
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006732 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6733 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006734}
6735
6736
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006737Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6738 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6739 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006740 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6741 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6742 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006743
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006744 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006745
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006746 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6747 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6748 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6749 return ExprError();
6750 }
6751
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006752 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6753 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006754}
6755
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006756Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6757 ExprArg cond,
6758 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6759 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6760 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6761 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6762 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006763
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006764 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6765
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006766 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006767 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006768 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006769 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006770 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006771 } else {
6772 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6773 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6774 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6775 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006776 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6777 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6778 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006779
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006780 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6781 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006782 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6783 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006784 }
6785
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006786 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6787 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006788 resType, RPLoc,
6789 resType->isDependentType(),
6790 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006791}
6792
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006793//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6794// Clang Extensions.
6795//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6796
6797/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006798void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006799 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6800 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6801 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6802 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006803}
6804
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006805void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006806 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006807 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006808
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006809 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6810 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006811 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006812 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6813
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006814 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6815 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6816 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6817 return;
6818 }
6819
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006820 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6821 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006822 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6823 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006824
6825 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6826 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006827 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006828 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006829 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006830 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006831 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6832 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006833 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006834
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006835 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6836 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6837 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6838 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6839 return;
6840 }
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006841
6842 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006843 return;
6844 }
6845
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006846 // Analyze arguments to block.
6847 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6848 "Not a function declarator!");
6849 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006850
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006851 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6852 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006853
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006854 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6855 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6856 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6857 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006858 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6859 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006860 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006861 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006862 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ec502e2010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006863 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6864 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6865 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6866 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6867 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6868 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6869 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6870 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6871 }
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006872 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006873 }
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006874 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006875 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006876 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006877 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006878
6879 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6880 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6881
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006882 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006883 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6884 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6885
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006886 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006887 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6888 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6889 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6890
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006891 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006892 }
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006893 }
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006894
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006895 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006896 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006897 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006898 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006899 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006900 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6901 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006902
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006903 // Analyze the return type.
6904 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006905 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006906
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006907 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6908 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6909 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6910 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6911 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006912 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006913}
6914
6915/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6916/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6917void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006918 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006919 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006920 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006921 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006922}
6923
6924/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6925/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006926Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6927 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006928 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6929 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6930 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006931
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006932 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006933
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006934 PopDeclContext();
6935
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006936 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006937 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6938 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006939
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006940 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6941 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6942 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006943
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006944 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006945 QualType BlockTy;
6946 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006947 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006948 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006949 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006950 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006951 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006952 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006953
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006954 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006955 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006956 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006957
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006958 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006959 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006960 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006961
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006962 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006963
6964 bool Good = true;
6965 // Check goto/label use.
6966 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6967 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6968 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6969
6970 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6971 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6972 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6973 continue;
6974
6975 // Emit error.
6976 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6977 Good = false;
6978 }
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006979 if (!Good) {
6980 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006981 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006982 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006983
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006984 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenek0b405322010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006985 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6986 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6987 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006988
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006989 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6990 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006991 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006992 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006993}
6994
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006995Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6996 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6997 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006998 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006999 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
7000 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007001
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007002 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007003
7004 // Get the va_list type
7005 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007006 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
7007 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
7008 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
7009 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007010 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007011 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
7012 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
7013 } else {
7014 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
7015 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007016 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007017 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007018 return ExprError();
7019 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007020
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007021 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
7022 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007023 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
7024 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007025 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00007026 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007027
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007028 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007029 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007030
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007031 expr.release();
7032 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
7033 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007034}
7035
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007036Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007037 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7038 // pointers on the target.
7039 QualType Ty;
7040 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7041 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7042 else
7043 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7044
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007045 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007046}
7047
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007048static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7049 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007050 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7051 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007052
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007053 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7054 if (!PT)
7055 return;
7056
7057 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7058 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7059 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7060 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7061 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7062 return;
7063 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007064
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007065 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7066 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7067 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7068 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007069
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007070 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007071}
7072
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007073bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7074 SourceLocation Loc,
7075 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor4f4946a2010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007076 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7077 bool *Complained) {
7078 if (Complained)
7079 *Complained = false;
7080
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007081 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7082 bool isInvalid = false;
7083 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007084 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007085
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007086 switch (ConvTy) {
7087 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7088 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007089 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007090 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7091 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007092 case IntToPointer:
7093 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7094 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007095 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007096 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007097 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7098 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007099 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7100 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7101 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007102 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7103 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7104 break;
7105 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007106 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7107 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7108 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7109 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7110 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7111 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7112 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7113 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7114 // C++ semantics.
7115 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7116 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7117 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007118 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7119 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007120 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007121 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007122 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007123 case IntToBlockPointer:
7124 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7125 break;
7126 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007127 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007128 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007129 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007130 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007131 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7132 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7133 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007134 case IncompatibleVectors:
7135 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7136 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007137 case Incompatible:
7138 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7139 isInvalid = true;
7140 break;
7141 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007142
Douglas Gregorc68e1402010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007143 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7144 switch (Action) {
7145 case AA_Assigning:
7146 case AA_Initializing:
7147 // The destination type comes first.
7148 FirstType = DstType;
7149 SecondType = SrcType;
7150 break;
7151
7152 case AA_Returning:
7153 case AA_Passing:
7154 case AA_Converting:
7155 case AA_Sending:
7156 case AA_Casting:
7157 // The source type comes first.
7158 FirstType = SrcType;
7159 SecondType = DstType;
7160 break;
7161 }
7162
7163 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007164 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Douglas Gregor4f4946a2010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007165 if (Complained)
7166 *Complained = true;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007167 return isInvalid;
7168}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007169
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007170bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007171 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7172 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7173 if (Result)
7174 *Result = ICEResult;
7175 return false;
7176 }
7177
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007178 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7179
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007180 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007181 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7182 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7183
7184 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7185 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7186 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7187 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7188 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7189 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7190 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007191
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007192 return true;
7193 }
7194
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007195 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7196 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007197
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007198 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7199 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7200 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007201
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007202 if (Result)
7203 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7204 return false;
7205}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007206
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007207void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007208Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007209 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7210 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007211}
7212
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007213void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007214Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7215 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7216 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7217 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007218
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007219 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7220 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7221 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7222 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7223 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007224 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007225 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7226 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7227 I != IEnd; ++I)
7228 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7229 }
7230
7231 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7232 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7233 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7234 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7235 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7236 I != IEnd; ++I)
7237 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7238 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007239 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007240
7241 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7242 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7243 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7244 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007245 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007246 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7247 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7248 ExprTemporaries.end());
7249
7250 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7251 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007252}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007253
7254/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7255///
7256/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7257/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7258/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7259/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7260///
7261/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7262///
7263/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7264void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7265 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007266
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007267 if (D->isUsed())
7268 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007269
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007270 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7271 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7272 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7273 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007274 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007275 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007276 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007277 return;
7278 }
7279
7280 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7281 return;
7282
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007283 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7284 // an instantiation.
7285 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7286 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007287
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007288 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007289 case Unevaluated:
7290 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7291 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007292
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007293 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7294 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7295 // "used"; handle this below.
7296 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007297
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007298 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7299 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7300 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7301 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007302 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007303 return;
7304 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007305
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007306 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007307 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007308 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007309 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7310 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7311 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007312 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007313 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007314 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7315 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7316 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007317
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007318 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007319 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7320 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7321 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007322
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007323 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7324 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7325 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7326 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7327 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7328 }
7329 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007330 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007331 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007332 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007333 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007334 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7335 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7336 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7337 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7338 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007339 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007340 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007341 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007342 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007343 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7344 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7345 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007346 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007347 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007348 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7349 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007350
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007351 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7352 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7353 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7354 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7355 Loc));
7356 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007357 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007358 Loc));
7359 }
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007360 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007361
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007362 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007363 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007364
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007365 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007366 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007367
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007368 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007369 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007370 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007371 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7372 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7373 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7374 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7375 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7376 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7377 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7378 }
7379 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007380
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007381 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007382
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007383 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007384 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007385 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007386}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007387
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007388/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7389/// of the program being compiled.
7390///
7391/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007392/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007393/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7394/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7395/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7396/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007397/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007398/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007399///
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007400/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7401/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7402/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7403/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007404bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007405 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7406 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7407 case Unevaluated:
7408 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7409 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007410
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007411 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7412 Diag(Loc, PD);
7413 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007414
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007415 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7416 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7417 break;
7418 }
7419
7420 return false;
7421}
7422
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007423bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7424 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7425 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7426 return false;
7427
7428 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7429 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7430 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7431 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007432
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007433 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007434 FD ?
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007435 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7436 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007437 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007438 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7439 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7440 return true;
7441
7442 return false;
7443}
7444
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007445// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7446// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7447void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7448 SourceLocation Loc;
7449
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007450 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7451
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007452 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7453 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7454 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7455 return;
7456
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007457 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7458 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7459 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7460 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7461
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007462 // self = [<foo> init...]
7463 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7464 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7465 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7466
7467 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7468 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7469 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7470 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7471 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007472
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007473 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7474 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7475 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7476 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7477 return;
7478
7479 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7480 } else {
7481 // Not an assignment.
7482 return;
7483 }
7484
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007485 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007486 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007487
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007488 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007489 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007490 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007491 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
7492 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7493 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007494}
7495
7496bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7497 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7498
7499 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007500 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007501
7502 QualType T = E->getType();
7503
7504 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7505 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7506 return true;
7507 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7509 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7510 return true;
7511 }
7512 }
7513
7514 return false;
7515}